1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
73 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno
;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno
;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab
*got_entries
;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
96 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
98 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
100 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
103 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
106 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
110 /* The output bfd. */
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
117 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
120 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
123 unsigned int max_count
;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count
;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count
;
130 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
132 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
134 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
137 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
140 struct _mips_elf_section_data
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
145 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
150 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
153 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
156 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
163 long min_got_dynindx
;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
167 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
168 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
169 symbol without a GOT entry. */
170 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
173 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
174 the global hash table. */
176 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
178 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
180 /* External symbol information. */
183 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
185 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
187 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
188 a readonly section. */
189 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
191 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
192 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
193 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
195 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
197 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
198 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
201 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
202 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
203 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
205 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
206 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
209 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
210 being called returns a floating point value. */
211 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
213 /* Are we forced local? .*/
214 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
217 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
219 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
221 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
223 /* We no longer use this. */
224 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
225 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
227 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
228 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
229 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
230 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
231 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
232 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
233 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
234 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
236 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
237 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
240 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
245 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
246 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
247 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
251 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
253 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
256 "_procedure_string_table",
257 "_procedure_table_size",
261 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
266 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
267 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
268 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
269 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
270 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
271 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
280 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
281 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
282 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
286 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
287 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
288 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
289 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
290 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
291 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
296 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
297 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
298 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
299 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
300 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
308 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
314 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
316 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
318 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
319 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
320 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
321 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
322 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
323 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
324 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
325 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
327 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
328 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
329 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
330 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
331 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
333 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
334 has different meaning for each type:
337 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
338 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
339 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
340 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
343 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
344 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
345 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
346 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
348 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
349 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
350 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
351 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
353 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
354 loader for use by the static exception system. */
356 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
357 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
358 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
359 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
360 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
361 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
362 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
363 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
364 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
365 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
367 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
369 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
370 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
372 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
373 (struct bfd_hash_entry
*, struct bfd_hash_table
*, const char *);
374 static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
375 (bfd
*, const RPDR
*, struct rpdr_ext
*);
376 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
377 (void *, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*,
378 struct ecoff_debug_info
*);
379 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
380 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
381 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
382 (bfd
*, const Elf32_External_gptab
*, Elf32_gptab
*);
383 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
384 (bfd
*, const Elf32_gptab
*, Elf32_External_gptab
*);
385 static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
386 (bfd
*, const Elf32_compact_rel
*, Elf32_External_compact_rel
*);
387 static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
388 (bfd
*, const Elf32_crinfo
*, Elf32_External_crinfo
*);
389 static int sort_dynamic_relocs
390 (const void *, const void *);
391 static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
392 (const void *, const void *);
393 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
394 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
395 static int gptab_compare
396 (const void *, const void *);
397 static asection
*mips_elf_rel_dyn_section
398 (bfd
*, bfd_boolean
);
399 static asection
*mips_elf_got_section
400 (bfd
*, bfd_boolean
);
401 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_info
402 (bfd
*, asection
**);
403 static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
404 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
);
405 static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
406 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
407 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
408 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
*);
409 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
410 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_boolean
);
411 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
412 (bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
);
413 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
414 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
);
415 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
416 (struct bfd_link_info
*, unsigned long);
417 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
418 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
419 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
420 (bfd
*, long, bfd_vma
, struct mips_got_info
*);
421 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
422 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
423 struct mips_got_info
*);
424 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*mips_elf_next_relocation
425 (bfd
*, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
426 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
427 (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, asection
**, bfd_boolean
);
428 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p
430 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
432 static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher
434 static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest
436 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
437 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
438 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
439 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_boolean
);
440 static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
441 (bfd
*, bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
442 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
, reloc_howto_type
*,
443 Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, const char **,
444 bfd_boolean
*, bfd_boolean
);
445 static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
446 (reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, bfd_byte
*);
447 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
448 (struct bfd_link_info
*, reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
449 bfd_vma
, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, bfd_boolean
);
450 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
452 static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
453 (bfd
*, unsigned int);
454 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
455 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
456 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
457 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
458 static void mips_set_isa_flags
460 static INLINE
char *elf_mips_abi_name
462 static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
463 (bfd
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*);
464 static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p
465 (unsigned long, unsigned long);
466 static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p
468 static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma
470 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
472 static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq
473 (const void *, const void *);
475 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
476 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, struct mips_got_info
*,
477 asection
*, bfd_size_type
);
478 static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
480 static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
481 (const void *, const void *);
482 static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
484 static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
485 (const void *, const void *);
486 static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
488 static int mips_elf_merge_gots
490 static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
492 static int mips_elf_set_no_stub
494 static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
496 static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
497 (struct mips_got_info
*);
498 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
499 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
500 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
501 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
503 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
504 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
506 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
508 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
509 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
511 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
512 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
513 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
515 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
516 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
518 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
519 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
520 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
522 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
523 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
524 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
526 /* The name of the options section. */
527 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
528 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
530 /* The name of the stub section. */
531 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
533 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
534 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
535 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
537 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
538 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
539 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
541 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
542 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
543 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
545 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
547 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
549 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
550 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
551 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
553 /* Get word-sized data. */
554 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
555 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
557 /* Put out word-sized data. */
558 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
560 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
561 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
563 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
564 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
565 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
567 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
568 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
570 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
571 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
572 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
573 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
574 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
575 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
576 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
577 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
578 section, that is RELA. */
579 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
580 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
581 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
582 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
583 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
584 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
585 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
587 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
588 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
589 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
590 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
592 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
593 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
595 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
596 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
598 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
600 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
602 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
603 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
605 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
606 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
607 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
609 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
610 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
611 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
612 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
614 ? 0x64180000 /* daddiu t8,zero,0 */ \
615 : 0x24180000)) /* addiu t8,zero,0 */
616 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
618 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
621 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
622 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
623 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
624 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
627 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
628 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
629 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
630 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
631 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
632 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
633 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
634 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
636 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
637 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
639 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
641 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
642 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
645 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
646 floating point arguments.
648 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
649 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
650 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
651 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
652 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
653 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
654 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
655 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
657 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
658 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
659 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
660 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
661 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
662 stub should be discarded.
664 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
665 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
666 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
667 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
668 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
669 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
670 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
673 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
674 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
675 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
677 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
679 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
680 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
681 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
683 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
685 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
686 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
687 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
690 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
692 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
693 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
695 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
698 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
700 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
701 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
703 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
705 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
706 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
707 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
709 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
710 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
712 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
715 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
717 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
719 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
720 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
721 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
725 /* Set local fields. */
726 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
727 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
728 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
730 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
731 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
732 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
734 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
735 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
736 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
737 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
740 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
744 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
746 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
747 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
749 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
752 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
754 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
757 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
758 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
761 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
762 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
765 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
768 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
769 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
771 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
772 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
775 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
776 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
779 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
780 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
782 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
784 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
785 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
789 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
790 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
791 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
793 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
794 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
798 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
799 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
800 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
801 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
802 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
803 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
805 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
806 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
807 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
808 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
809 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
819 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
821 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
822 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
823 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
824 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
825 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
826 free (debug
->external_sym
);
827 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
828 free (debug
->external_opt
);
829 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
830 free (debug
->external_aux
);
831 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
833 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
835 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
836 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
837 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
838 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
839 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
840 free (debug
->external_ext
);
844 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
847 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
849 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
850 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
851 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
852 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
853 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
854 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
856 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
857 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
859 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
861 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->exception_info
, ex
->p_exception_info
);
865 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
868 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
869 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
870 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
872 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
873 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
875 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
877 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
878 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
883 unsigned long sindex
;
887 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
895 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
897 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
901 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
903 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
907 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
910 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
911 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
915 size
= sizeof (char *);
916 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
920 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
921 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
922 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
926 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
930 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
933 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, ss
))
937 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
939 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
940 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
942 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
943 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
944 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
945 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
946 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
947 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
948 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
950 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
951 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
955 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
956 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
957 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
960 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
964 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
967 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
969 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
970 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
971 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
972 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
974 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
976 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
978 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
980 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
982 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
984 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
985 matters, but someday it might). */
986 s
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
1015 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1019 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1020 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1022 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1023 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1025 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1026 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1028 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1029 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1030 being included in the link. */
1031 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1032 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1033 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1034 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1037 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1038 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1040 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1041 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1042 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1043 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1044 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1045 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1046 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1049 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1050 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1052 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1053 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1054 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1055 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1056 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1057 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1058 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1064 bfd_reloc_status_type
1065 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1066 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1067 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1071 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1073 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1076 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1078 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1079 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1081 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1082 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1084 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1085 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1087 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1089 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1090 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1091 an external symbol. */
1093 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1094 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1096 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1098 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1100 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1101 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1105 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1108 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1110 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1113 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1114 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1115 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1120 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1122 asection
*input_section
;
1126 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1128 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1130 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1131 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1132 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1134 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1135 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1136 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1137 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1139 bfd_reloc_status_type
1140 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1141 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1142 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1143 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1145 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1147 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1148 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1150 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1152 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1154 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1156 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1157 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1160 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1161 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1163 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1166 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1167 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1168 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1170 bfd_reloc_status_type
1171 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1172 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1173 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1175 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1176 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1177 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1178 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1179 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1180 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1183 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1184 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1187 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1188 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1189 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1191 bfd_reloc_status_type
1192 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1193 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1194 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1198 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1199 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1201 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1202 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1204 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1205 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1207 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1209 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1210 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1211 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1212 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1213 has a rightshift of 0. */
1214 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1215 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1217 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1218 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1219 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1221 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1222 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1224 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1227 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1231 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1232 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1236 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1237 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1238 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1240 bfd_reloc_status_type
1241 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1242 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1243 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1244 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1247 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1248 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1250 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1252 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1253 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1255 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1257 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1259 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1260 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1261 offset or address. */
1262 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1263 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1268 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1269 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1270 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1271 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1273 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1274 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1275 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1279 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1280 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1281 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1282 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1283 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1284 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1287 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1288 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1290 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1291 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1293 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1294 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1299 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1301 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1304 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1305 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1308 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1311 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1312 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1316 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1317 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1319 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1320 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1324 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1325 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1327 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1328 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1329 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1330 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1331 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1332 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1336 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1337 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1341 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1342 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1343 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1344 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1345 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1346 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1347 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1350 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1351 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1352 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1355 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1358 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1359 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1360 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1361 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1362 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1363 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1367 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1368 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1370 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1371 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1372 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1373 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1374 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1375 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1378 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1379 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1380 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1381 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1382 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1385 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1386 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1388 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1389 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1390 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1391 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1392 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1393 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1394 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1398 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1399 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1401 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1402 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1403 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1404 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1405 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1406 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1407 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1410 /* Swap in an options header. */
1413 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1414 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1416 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1417 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1418 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1419 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1422 /* Swap out an options header. */
1425 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1426 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1428 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1429 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1430 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1431 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1434 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1435 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1438 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1440 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1441 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1443 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1444 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1446 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1449 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1452 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1454 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1455 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1457 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1458 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1459 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1460 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1462 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1463 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1467 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1468 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1469 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1470 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1471 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1472 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1473 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1474 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1475 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1476 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1477 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1478 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1479 when generating a final executable. */
1482 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1484 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1486 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1488 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1489 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1491 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1493 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
1494 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
)
1495 && !h
->root
.def_regular
1496 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
1498 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1499 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1500 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1501 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1502 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1510 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1513 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1514 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1515 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1516 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1517 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1518 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1520 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1521 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1525 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1527 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1528 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1529 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1531 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1532 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1533 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1535 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1537 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1538 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1539 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1540 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1542 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1544 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1545 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1546 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1549 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1551 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1552 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1553 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1558 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1559 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1561 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1562 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1563 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1564 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1567 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1569 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1570 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1571 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1572 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1573 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1574 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1575 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1576 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1577 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1578 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1579 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1580 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1581 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1582 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1583 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1584 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1585 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1587 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1591 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1592 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1595 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1596 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1597 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1598 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1600 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1601 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1602 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1603 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1605 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1606 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1607 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1608 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1609 + sec
->output_offset
1610 + output_section
->vma
);
1612 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1614 else if (h
->root
.needs_plt
)
1616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1617 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1619 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1621 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1622 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1627 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1628 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1629 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1631 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1634 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1635 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1636 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1637 + sec
->output_offset
1638 + output_section
->vma
);
1640 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1648 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1649 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1652 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1659 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1662 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1664 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1665 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1667 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1670 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1672 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1675 static INLINE hashval_t
1676 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1679 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1685 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1686 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1690 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1692 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1694 return entry
->symndx
1695 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1697 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1698 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1702 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1704 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1705 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1707 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1708 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1709 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1710 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1713 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1714 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1715 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1719 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1721 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1723 return entry
->symndx
1725 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1726 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1728 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
1729 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1733 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1735 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1736 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1738 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1739 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1740 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
1741 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1742 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1745 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1748 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
1750 static const char dname
[] = ".rel.dyn";
1753 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
1754 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
1756 sreloc
= bfd_make_section (dynobj
, dname
);
1758 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1763 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1765 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1766 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
1772 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1775 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
1777 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1779 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
1784 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1785 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1788 static struct mips_got_info
*
1789 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
1792 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1794 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1795 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
1796 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
1797 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1798 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1801 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
1806 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1807 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1808 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1811 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1815 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1816 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1818 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1820 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1822 return entry
->gotidx
;
1827 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1830 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1834 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
1835 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
1837 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
1838 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
1840 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
1842 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
1844 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
1849 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
1851 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
1853 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
1858 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
1859 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
1861 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1862 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1863 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1865 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
1866 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
1867 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
1868 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
1873 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1874 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1875 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1876 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1877 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1880 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1881 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
1884 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1886 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1888 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1890 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
1892 & (~(bfd_vma
)0xffff));
1897 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
1900 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
1905 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1906 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1909 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1910 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
1913 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1914 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1918 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1919 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1920 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1922 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
1925 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1927 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1929 return entry
->gotidx
;
1934 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1938 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1939 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
1943 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1945 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
1946 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
1947 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
1949 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
1952 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1953 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1955 static struct mips_got_entry
*
1956 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
,
1957 struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
1958 asection
*sgot
, bfd_vma value
)
1960 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
1961 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1965 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
1967 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
1970 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
1971 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1974 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
1979 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
1981 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
1986 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
1988 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
1990 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
1991 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
1992 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1993 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
1994 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1998 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
1999 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2004 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2005 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2006 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2007 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2008 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2009 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2012 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2014 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2015 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2018 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2020 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2023 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2024 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2025 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2026 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2027 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2028 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2029 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2030 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2031 too large offsets. */
2032 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2033 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2034 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2035 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2036 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2039 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2040 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2041 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2042 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2043 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2045 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2046 table index in the GOT. */
2047 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2052 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2053 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2057 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2059 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2061 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2062 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2064 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2066 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2069 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2070 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2071 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2073 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2075 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2076 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2077 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2079 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2080 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2083 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2084 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2090 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2091 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2095 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2096 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2097 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2099 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2101 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2103 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2105 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2109 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2112 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2118 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2120 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2123 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2124 need to do it again. */
2128 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2134 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2136 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2139 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2140 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2141 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2147 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2148 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2151 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2152 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2154 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2157 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2158 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2159 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2160 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2165 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2167 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2172 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2177 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2180 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2182 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2183 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2185 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2188 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2191 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2193 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2194 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2195 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2196 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2198 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2201 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2202 be the master GOT data. */
2204 static struct mips_got_info
*
2205 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2207 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2213 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2214 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2217 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2218 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2222 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2224 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2225 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2226 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2227 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2228 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2231 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2233 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2234 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2235 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
2241 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2242 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2252 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2253 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2254 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2261 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2262 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2264 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
2265 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2266 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2267 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2277 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2278 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2279 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
2284 if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
2292 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2293 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2294 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2295 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2296 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2297 and then make make the new got current. */
2300 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
2302 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
2303 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
2304 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2305 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
2306 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
2307 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
2309 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2310 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2311 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2313 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
2314 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2316 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2317 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2318 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2319 else if (arg
->primary
2320 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
) <= maxcnt
)
2322 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2323 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
2324 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2326 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
2328 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2329 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2331 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2334 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2335 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2336 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2339 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
2340 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
2342 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
2343 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2345 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2346 else if (arg
->current
2347 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2349 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2350 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
2351 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2353 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
2355 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2356 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2358 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2361 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2363 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
2364 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
2366 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
2367 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2369 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2370 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2371 overflows anyway. */
2374 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
2375 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
2377 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2383 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2384 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2385 got) to the given VALUE.
2387 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2388 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2389 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2390 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2391 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2392 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2393 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2394 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
2397 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2399 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2400 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
2401 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
2402 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
2404 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
2405 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2409 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
2411 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2412 if (arg
->info
->shared
2413 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
2414 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
2415 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
2416 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
2419 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
2425 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
2426 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
2428 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2430 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2432 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
2433 && entry
->symndx
== -1
2434 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2435 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
2440 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2441 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2442 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2443 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2444 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2445 the traversal must be restarted. */
2447 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2449 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2450 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
2452 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
2454 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
2456 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2457 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2458 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2460 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
2465 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2466 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2467 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
2469 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
2470 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2473 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2474 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2476 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
2479 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2480 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2486 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2489 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2495 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
2497 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
2498 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
2501 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
2504 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2507 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2509 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2512 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2516 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
2520 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2523 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2524 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2527 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2528 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
2529 bfd_size_type pages
)
2531 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
2532 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
2533 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
2534 unsigned int assign
;
2536 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
2537 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2538 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2541 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
2542 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
2543 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
2545 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2546 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2547 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
2548 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2549 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2552 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
2553 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
2554 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2555 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2556 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2557 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd
)
2558 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
2559 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
- pages
);
2561 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2562 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2563 to be the primary GOT. */
2564 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2565 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2568 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2569 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
2571 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2572 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2573 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
2576 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2577 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
2578 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
2579 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2580 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2581 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
2583 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2585 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
2588 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
2589 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
2591 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2595 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2596 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2597 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2598 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2601 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
2604 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2605 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2612 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
2614 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
2618 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2619 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2620 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2623 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2624 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2625 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2626 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2627 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2628 follows IRIX's practice.
2630 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2631 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2632 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2633 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2637 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
2638 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
2639 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
2643 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2644 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2645 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2646 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2647 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2648 their entries can be omitted. */
2649 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2650 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
2653 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2654 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2655 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
2656 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2657 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2658 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
2659 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2660 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2661 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
2664 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2665 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2666 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2667 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2668 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2669 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2670 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2671 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2672 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2673 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2674 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2675 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2676 points back to the master GOT. */
2677 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
2678 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
2684 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
2686 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2687 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
2688 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
2689 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
2691 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2692 list that gg points to. */
2698 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
2701 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
2705 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
2706 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2712 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2713 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2715 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
2716 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
2717 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2718 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
2720 while (relocation
< relend
)
2722 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
2728 /* We didn't find it. */
2729 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2733 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2736 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
2737 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2738 asection
**local_sections
,
2739 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
2741 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2742 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2746 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
2747 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2748 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2750 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
2752 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
2757 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2758 was forced local. */
2759 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
2760 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
2761 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2762 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2763 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2764 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2765 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
2772 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2775 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
2777 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
2778 /* VALUE is negative. */
2779 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
2784 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2785 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
2789 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
2791 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
2793 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
2794 /* The value is too big. */
2796 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
2797 /* The value is too small. */
2804 /* Calculate the %high function. */
2807 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
2809 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2812 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
2815 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2818 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2825 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
2828 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2831 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2838 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2841 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
2842 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2845 register asection
*s
;
2847 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
2849 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2852 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel");
2854 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2855 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
2856 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
2859 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
2865 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2868 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2869 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
2872 register asection
*s
;
2873 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2874 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
2875 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2878 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2879 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2882 if (! maybe_exclude
)
2883 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2887 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2888 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2891 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2893 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
2894 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
2895 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got");
2897 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2898 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
2901 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2902 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2903 are not creating a global offset table. */
2905 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2906 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
2907 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
2910 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2913 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
2916 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2919 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
2920 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2923 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2924 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2925 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2926 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2929 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
2930 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2931 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2933 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
2934 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
2935 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
2940 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2941 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2942 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2944 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2945 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2946 relocation must be JALX.
2948 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2949 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2950 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2951 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2953 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2954 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
2955 asection
*input_section
,
2956 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2957 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2958 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
2959 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
2960 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
2961 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
2962 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
2964 /* The eventual value we will return. */
2966 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
2969 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
2970 shared object file being produced. */
2971 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
2972 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
2975 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
2976 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
2977 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
2978 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
2979 during execution. */
2980 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
2981 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
2983 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
2984 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
2985 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
2987 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
2988 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
2989 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
2990 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2992 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2994 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
2995 relocation value. */
2996 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
2997 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
2998 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3000 /* Parse the relocation. */
3001 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3002 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3003 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3004 + input_section
->output_offset
3005 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3007 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3008 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3010 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3011 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3012 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3013 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3014 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3015 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3016 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3017 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3020 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3021 must come before globals. */
3025 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3028 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3030 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3031 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3033 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3034 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3035 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3036 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3037 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3038 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3040 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3042 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3045 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3046 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3049 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3050 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3051 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3054 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3056 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3060 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3062 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3063 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3064 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3065 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3066 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3067 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3068 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3070 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3071 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3073 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3074 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3075 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3076 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3078 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3079 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3080 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
)
3081 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3085 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3086 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3087 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3089 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3090 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3091 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
3093 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3094 if (sec
->output_section
)
3095 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3096 + sec
->output_section
->vma
3097 + sec
->output_offset
);
3099 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
3101 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
3102 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3103 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3104 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3107 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
3108 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3110 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
3111 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3113 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3114 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3115 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3116 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3117 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3119 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
3120 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
3125 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
3126 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
3127 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
3128 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
3129 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
3130 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3134 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3137 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3138 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3140 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3141 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
3142 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
3143 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
3144 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
3146 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3147 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3150 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
3153 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
3157 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3159 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3160 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3161 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3163 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3164 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3166 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3167 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3169 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3174 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3176 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
3177 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
3179 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3186 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
3189 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3191 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
3192 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3195 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3196 special jalx instruction. */
3197 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
3198 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3199 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
3201 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3202 local_sections
, TRUE
);
3204 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3205 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3208 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3209 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3210 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
3212 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
3213 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
3219 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3220 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3221 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3222 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3223 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3224 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3227 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3228 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3229 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3231 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3232 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3234 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
);
3235 if (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3237 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3238 && h
->root
.def_regular
))
3240 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3241 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3242 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3243 bfd
*tmpbfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3244 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd
, FALSE
);
3245 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
3248 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
)
3249 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3250 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3254 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
,
3255 info
, symbol
+ addend
);
3257 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3260 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3261 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3262 abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
3267 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3268 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3269 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3270 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3271 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
3272 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
3273 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
)
3274 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
,
3276 (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, NULL
),
3284 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3288 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3291 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3292 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3299 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3301 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
3302 && !h
->root
.def_regular
))
3304 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3306 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3307 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3308 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3309 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3312 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
3320 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3324 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3325 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
3329 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3333 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
3334 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3337 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
3338 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
3339 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
3340 value
= (value
>> 2) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3344 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3345 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3346 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3347 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3348 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3351 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
3354 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
3355 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> 28);
3357 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3363 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
3364 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3368 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
3369 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3375 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3378 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
3379 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3380 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3381 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3382 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3385 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3386 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3389 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3390 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3391 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3392 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3393 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3394 not check for overflow here. */
3398 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3399 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3400 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3401 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3406 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3407 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3408 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3409 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3410 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3411 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3412 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3413 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3414 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3415 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
3416 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3417 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
3418 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3419 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3420 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3421 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3425 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3434 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3435 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3437 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3438 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3439 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
3440 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
3441 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3442 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3444 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3445 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3446 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3452 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3455 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3458 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3459 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
3461 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3465 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16) + symbol
- p
;
3466 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3469 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3470 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3471 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3472 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3473 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3475 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
3476 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3479 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3480 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3481 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
3484 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3485 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
3486 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
3490 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
3491 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3492 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3493 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3494 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3495 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3498 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3500 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
3503 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3507 value
= symbol
- addend
;
3508 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3512 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
3513 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3516 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
3517 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
3518 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3521 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
3522 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
3523 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3527 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
3528 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
3529 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
3530 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
3531 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3532 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
3536 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3537 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3538 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3539 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3542 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3543 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3546 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3548 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
3551 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3554 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3555 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3556 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
3559 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3561 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3562 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
3564 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
3565 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3566 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3567 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3568 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3569 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3574 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3575 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3576 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3577 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3578 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3579 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3581 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3584 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3585 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3586 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3587 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3588 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
3589 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
3593 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3595 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3596 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3598 /* Obtain the current value. */
3599 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
3601 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3602 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
3604 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3605 value in a funny way. */
3606 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3608 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3609 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3612 The format of these instructions is:
3614 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3615 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3616 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3618 +-----------------------------------------------+
3620 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3621 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3623 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3624 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3625 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3626 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3627 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3628 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3629 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3630 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3631 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3632 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3635 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3636 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3637 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3638 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3639 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3640 value as two 16-bit values.
3642 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3646 +--------+----------------------+
3650 +--------+----------------------+
3653 +----------+------+-------------+
3657 +----------+--------------------+
3658 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3659 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3661 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
3662 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3663 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3664 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3665 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3667 if (!info
->relocatable
)
3668 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3669 value
= (((value
& 0x1f0000) << 5)
3670 | ((value
& 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3671 | (value
& 0xffff));
3673 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3675 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3676 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3678 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3679 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3680 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3681 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3682 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3684 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3687 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3688 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3689 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3691 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3692 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3693 little-endian system. */
3694 value
= (((value
& 0x7e0) << 16)
3695 | ((value
& 0xf800) << 5)
3699 /* Set the field. */
3700 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
3702 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3706 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
3707 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
3709 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3710 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3712 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
3717 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
3721 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3724 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3725 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3728 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
3729 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3733 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3734 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
3737 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
3738 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
3739 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
3740 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
3741 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd
) == bfd_mach_mips9000
3742 && !info
->relocatable
3744 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
&& (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
3745 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
&& x
== 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
3751 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3752 + input_section
->output_offset
3753 + relocation
->r_offset
3755 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
3756 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
3760 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
3761 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
3764 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3765 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3766 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3767 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3768 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3770 /* Put the value into the output. */
3771 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
3775 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3778 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
3780 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
3782 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
3783 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
3784 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
3787 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3790 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int n
)
3794 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd
, FALSE
);
3795 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3799 /* Make room for a null element. */
3800 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3803 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3806 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3807 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3808 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3809 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3812 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3813 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3814 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3815 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3816 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
3817 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
3819 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
3824 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
3826 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
3827 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3828 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
3829 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
3830 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
3831 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
3834 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
3835 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
3836 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
3837 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
3838 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
3839 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
3842 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3843 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3844 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3845 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
3847 outrel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
3848 outrel
[2].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
;
3852 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3853 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3854 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3855 machinery tell us the offset. */
3856 outrel
[1].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3857 outrel
[2].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3858 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3860 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
3865 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
3866 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
3869 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
3871 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
3872 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
3873 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
3878 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3879 in the relocation. */
3881 && (! info
->symbolic
|| !h
->root
.def_regular
)
3882 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3884 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3886 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3887 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
3888 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
3890 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
3891 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
3892 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
3893 undefined symbols. */
3898 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
3900 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
3902 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3907 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
3912 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
3913 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
3914 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
3915 local symbols because we used to generate them
3916 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
3917 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
3918 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
3919 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
3920 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
3921 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
3923 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
3924 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
3925 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
3926 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
3927 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
3932 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3933 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3934 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3935 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3936 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3939 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3940 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3941 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
3943 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
3944 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
3945 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
3946 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
3947 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
3948 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
3949 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
3950 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
3951 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
3952 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
3953 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
3954 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
3955 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
3956 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
3959 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
3961 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3962 correct location in the output file. */
3963 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3964 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3965 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3966 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3967 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3968 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3970 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
3971 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
3972 relocation format is non-standard. */
3973 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3975 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3976 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3978 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3981 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3982 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3983 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3985 /* We've now added another relocation. */
3986 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
3988 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
3989 will be writing to it. */
3990 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
3993 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
3994 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
3996 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4001 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4003 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4004 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4005 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4006 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4007 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4008 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4010 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4011 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4012 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4014 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4015 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4016 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4017 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4018 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4019 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4026 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4029 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4031 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4033 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4034 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4036 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4037 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4039 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4040 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4042 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4043 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4045 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4046 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4048 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4049 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4051 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4052 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4054 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4055 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4057 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
4058 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
4060 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4061 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4064 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4068 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4072 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4076 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4080 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4084 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4087 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4088 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4091 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4092 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
4095 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
4096 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
4099 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
4100 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
4108 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4110 static INLINE
char *
4111 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
4115 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
4116 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
4119 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
4121 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
4125 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
4127 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
4129 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
4131 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
4134 return "unknown abi";
4138 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4139 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4140 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4141 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4142 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4143 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
4144 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4145 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4147 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4148 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4149 definition in a shared library. */
4150 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
4151 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4152 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4154 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4155 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4158 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
4160 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
4162 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
4163 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
4165 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4166 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4167 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4168 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4169 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4170 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4171 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4173 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4174 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
4175 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
4176 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4177 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4178 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4179 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
4180 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4181 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4182 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4184 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4188 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4189 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4190 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4191 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4194 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4195 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4197 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4198 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
4199 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4200 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4201 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4202 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4203 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
4204 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4205 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4206 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4208 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4209 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
4212 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4213 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4218 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
4220 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
4221 if (section
!= NULL
)
4223 asym
->section
= section
;
4224 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
4225 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
4226 base address to make it an offset. */
4227 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
4234 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
4236 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
4237 if (section
!= NULL
)
4239 asym
->section
= section
;
4240 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
4241 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
4242 base address to make it an offset. */
4243 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
4250 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
4251 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
4252 same address. For example, if we have code like:
4254 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
4255 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
4258 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
4259 will jump there rather than to .text.
4261 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
4262 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
4265 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
4267 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
4270 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4271 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4272 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4276 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
4278 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4279 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
4283 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
4284 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
4287 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
4290 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4291 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
4295 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4296 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4297 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
4298 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
4300 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4302 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4303 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4304 so that we don't have to read them again.
4305 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4306 through the section contents to see if there is an
4307 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4309 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
4311 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4312 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4314 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4316 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4318 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4325 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4326 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
4329 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4330 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
4333 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4340 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4341 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
4344 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4345 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
4352 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4354 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
4356 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4357 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
4358 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
4360 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4361 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4363 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
4365 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4366 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
4368 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
4370 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4371 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4373 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4376 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4378 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
4380 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
4382 unsigned int adjust
;
4384 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
4386 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
4394 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4395 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4396 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4398 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4402 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
4407 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4408 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4409 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4410 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4411 probably get away with this. */
4412 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
4414 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
4415 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
4419 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
4422 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
4423 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
4426 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
4427 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4430 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
4431 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
4434 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
4435 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
4437 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
4439 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
4440 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
4441 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
4443 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
4445 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
4446 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4449 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
4450 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4453 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
4454 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) != 0)
4457 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
4458 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4461 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
4462 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4465 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
4466 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4467 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4468 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4475 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
))
4480 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4481 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
4487 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4489 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4490 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4491 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4492 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4493 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
4495 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
4498 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4499 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
4501 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
4502 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
4505 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4506 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4507 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4508 they should agree. */
4509 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
4511 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4513 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
4514 if (contents
== NULL
)
4516 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
4523 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4524 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4526 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4528 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4530 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4532 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
4534 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4536 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
4537 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4539 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4541 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4543 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
4545 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4547 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
4548 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4550 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4560 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4561 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4562 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4565 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
4567 register const char *name
;
4569 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
4571 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
4573 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
4574 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
4575 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4577 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
4578 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
4579 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4581 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
4582 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
4583 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4585 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
4586 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
4587 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
4589 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
4590 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4591 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4592 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4593 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4595 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4597 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
4599 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
4600 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4601 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4602 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4604 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4605 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4607 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4610 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4612 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4613 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
4614 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
4615 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
4617 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4618 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4620 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4621 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
4624 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
4625 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
4626 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4627 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
4628 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
4629 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
4630 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4631 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4633 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
4634 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4636 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4638 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
4639 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4640 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4642 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
4644 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
4645 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4646 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4648 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4649 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
4650 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4652 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
4653 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4654 final_write_processing. */
4656 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4657 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4658 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4660 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
4661 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4662 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4664 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
4666 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
4667 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
4668 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
4671 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
4672 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
4673 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
4674 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
4675 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
4680 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4681 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4682 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4683 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4684 the .scommon section. */
4687 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4688 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
4690 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
4692 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4695 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
4697 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
4703 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4704 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4707 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4708 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
4709 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4710 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
4712 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4713 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
4714 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4716 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4721 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
4724 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4725 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4726 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4727 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4730 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4731 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
4732 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4733 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
4737 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4738 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4740 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
4741 asection
*elf_text_section
;
4742 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4744 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4745 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4748 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4749 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4750 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
4753 /* Initialize the section. */
4755 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
4756 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4758 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4759 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
4761 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
4762 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4763 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4764 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4765 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
4766 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4767 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
4769 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4770 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4771 so I took it out. */
4772 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
4775 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4776 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4778 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4779 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4781 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
4782 asection
*elf_data_section
;
4783 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4785 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4786 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4789 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4790 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4791 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
4794 /* Initialize the section. */
4796 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
4797 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4799 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4800 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
4802 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
4803 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4804 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4805 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4806 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
4807 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4808 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
4810 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4811 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4812 so I took it out. */
4813 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
4816 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4817 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4821 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4823 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
4824 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4826 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4827 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4829 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4831 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4832 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
4833 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4836 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4839 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4841 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4844 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
4847 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4848 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4849 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4850 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4856 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4857 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4858 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4861 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
4862 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4863 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
4864 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4866 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4867 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4868 common in the output file. */
4869 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4870 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
4871 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4873 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4874 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
4879 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4881 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4884 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4886 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4887 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4889 register asection
*s
;
4890 const char * const *namep
;
4892 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4893 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
4895 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4896 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4899 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
4903 /* We need to create .got section. */
4904 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
4907 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, TRUE
))
4910 /* Create .stub section. */
4911 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4912 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
4914 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
));
4916 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_CODE
)
4917 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4918 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4922 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
4924 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
4926 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4928 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
)
4929 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4930 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4934 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4935 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4936 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4937 the linker takes such action. */
4938 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4940 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
4943 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4944 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4945 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4948 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4951 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4953 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4957 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4958 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4960 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
4964 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4965 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
4967 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4968 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4970 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4971 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4973 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4974 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
4976 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4977 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4979 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4986 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
4988 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4989 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
4990 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4993 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4996 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4998 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5001 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
5003 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
5004 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
5005 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
5006 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
5007 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
5008 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5010 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
5012 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5013 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
5014 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5017 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5020 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5022 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5030 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
5031 allocate space in the global offset table. */
5034 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5035 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
5039 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5040 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5041 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5043 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
5044 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
5047 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5049 if (info
->relocatable
)
5052 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5053 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5054 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5055 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5057 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5059 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5060 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5062 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5064 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5067 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5069 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5070 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5074 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5075 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5076 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5077 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5079 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
5080 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
5082 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5083 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5084 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
5085 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
5086 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
5087 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
5088 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5089 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5090 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5094 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
5096 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
5099 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
5100 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
5101 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
5102 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
5105 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
5114 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5115 not need it. Since this function is called before
5116 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5117 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5119 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5123 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5125 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
5127 unsigned long symcount
;
5131 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
5132 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
5134 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5135 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
5136 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5139 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
5142 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
5144 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5145 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5146 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5147 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5151 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5153 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5154 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5156 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5159 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5162 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5163 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5165 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5166 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5169 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5172 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5174 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5175 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5177 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5178 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5179 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5180 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5181 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5182 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5183 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5187 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5188 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5190 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5192 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5193 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
5195 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
5197 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5198 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5199 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5200 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5201 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5202 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5203 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5204 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5205 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5207 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5212 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5222 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
5227 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
5228 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
5229 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
5234 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5235 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5236 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
5238 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5239 unsigned int r_type
;
5240 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5242 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5243 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5245 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5247 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
5249 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5250 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5252 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5257 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5259 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5262 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5263 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5267 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5268 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
5274 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5275 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5276 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5277 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5278 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5279 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5280 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5282 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5283 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
5285 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5292 && (info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5293 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5294 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5302 if (!h
&& (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5303 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5304 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
))
5306 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5307 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5308 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5309 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5310 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5311 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5312 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5313 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
5323 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5324 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5325 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
5326 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5331 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5332 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5335 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5336 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5339 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5340 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5341 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
5347 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5348 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
5349 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
5354 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
5355 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5357 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5358 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5359 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5360 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5362 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
5363 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
5364 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
5370 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5371 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5372 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5373 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5374 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5381 if ((info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5382 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5386 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, TRUE
);
5390 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5393 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5394 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5395 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5396 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5397 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, 1);
5398 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5399 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5400 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5401 relocations against the text segment. */
5402 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5406 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5408 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5409 defined in a dynamic object. */
5410 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5411 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
5412 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5413 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5414 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5415 are relocations against the text segment. */
5416 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
5419 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5420 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5421 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5422 dynamic relocations against it. */
5426 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5427 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
5429 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5430 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5435 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5436 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5437 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5441 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5442 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5443 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5444 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5445 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5446 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5449 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5450 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5451 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5452 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5456 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5457 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5458 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5459 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5467 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5468 related to taking the function's address. */
5474 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5476 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5477 mh
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5481 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5482 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5487 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5488 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5489 References from a stub section do not count. */
5491 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5492 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
5493 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
5494 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
5495 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
5496 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5497 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
5499 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5501 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5502 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5510 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
5511 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
5514 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5515 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
5516 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5517 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
5519 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
5520 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5521 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
5523 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
5526 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
5529 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
5530 link_info
->keep_memory
);
5531 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5534 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
5535 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5536 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5537 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5539 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
5542 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
5543 unsigned int r_type
;
5544 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5546 unsigned long instruction
;
5548 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
5549 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
5550 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
5551 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5552 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
5555 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5556 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
5557 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
5559 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
5560 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5561 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5563 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5564 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5565 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5567 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
5569 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5570 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5571 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5572 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
5573 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
5576 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5577 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
5578 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5579 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5580 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
5582 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5586 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5588 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
5589 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
5591 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5592 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5593 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5594 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
5596 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5600 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
5601 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
5603 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5604 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5605 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
5606 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
5609 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5610 symval
= isym
->st_value
5611 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5612 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
5615 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
5617 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
5618 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
5620 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
5621 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
5626 /* Check that it's in range. */
5627 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
5630 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
5631 if (contents
== NULL
)
5633 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
5634 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
5635 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
5638 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
5643 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5645 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
5646 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
5647 instruction
= 0x04110000;
5648 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
5649 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
5650 instruction
= 0x10000000;
5654 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
5655 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5656 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
5659 if (contents
!= NULL
5660 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5662 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
5666 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
5667 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
5673 if (contents
!= NULL
5674 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5679 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5680 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5681 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5682 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5686 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5687 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5690 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5693 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5695 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5696 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
5698 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
5701 && !h
->def_regular
)));
5703 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5704 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5706 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5707 if (! info
->relocatable
5708 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
5709 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5710 || !h
->def_regular
))
5712 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
,
5713 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
5714 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
5715 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5716 against the text segment. */
5717 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5720 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5721 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
5724 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5727 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5728 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5729 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5730 executable and the shared library. */
5731 if (!h
->def_regular
)
5733 /* We need .stub section. */
5734 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
5735 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
5736 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5738 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5739 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
5741 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5742 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
5744 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5745 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
5747 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5748 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5752 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
5755 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5756 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5757 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
5761 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5762 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5763 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5764 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
5766 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5767 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
5768 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5769 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5773 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5774 is not a function. */
5779 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5780 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5781 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5784 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5785 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5791 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5793 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
5794 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
5797 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5798 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
5800 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5802 if (! (info
->relocatable
5803 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
5804 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
5805 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
5807 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5809 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5812 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
5816 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5817 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5819 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5821 asection
*subsection
;
5823 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
5825 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
5827 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
5829 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
5830 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
5834 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5835 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5836 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5837 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5839 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
5842 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
5843 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
5845 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5846 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5849 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5850 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5852 loadable_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
* (i
+ 1);
5854 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5855 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5856 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
5858 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
5859 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5861 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
5862 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5864 if (s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd
)
5865 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
5871 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5874 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5875 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5879 bfd_boolean reltext
;
5881 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5882 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
5884 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5886 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5887 if (info
->executable
)
5889 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
5890 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5892 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
5894 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
5898 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5899 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5902 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5907 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5908 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5909 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
5911 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5916 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5920 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5921 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5922 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5923 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5924 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5925 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
5927 bfd_get_section_name (s
->output_section
->owner
,
5928 s
->output_section
)) == 0)
5933 const char *outname
;
5936 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5937 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5938 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5939 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5940 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5942 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
5944 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
5946 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
5947 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5948 || strcmp (outname
, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
5951 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5952 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5953 if (strcmp (name
, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
5956 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
5957 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
5958 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
5959 will move them around between input sections'
5960 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
5961 broken, so don't let it run. */
5962 info
->combreloc
= 0;
5965 else if (strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
5967 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
5968 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
5969 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
5971 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
5972 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
5973 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
5974 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
5978 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5979 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
5981 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
5982 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
5984 unsigned int save_assign
;
5986 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
5988 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
5989 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
5990 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
5991 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
5992 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
5993 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
5994 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
5995 &set_got_offset_arg
);
5996 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
5997 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
5998 <= g
->global_gotno
);
6000 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
6003 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
6004 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
6005 + g
->next
->global_gotno
6006 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
);
6011 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, needed_relocs
);
6014 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
6016 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
6017 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
6018 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6020 else if (! info
->shared
6021 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6022 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
6024 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
6025 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
6028 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
6029 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6030 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
6031 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0)
6033 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6039 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
6043 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6044 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
6045 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6047 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
6052 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6054 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6055 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6056 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6057 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6058 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6061 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6062 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6063 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
6065 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6067 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6073 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6074 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6076 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6081 if (reltext
&& SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6082 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6084 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
6086 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
6090 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
6093 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
))
6095 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
6098 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
6101 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
6105 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
6108 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
6112 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
6113 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
, 0))
6118 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
, 0))
6123 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_IVERSION
, 0))
6127 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
6130 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
6133 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
6136 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
6139 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
6142 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
6143 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
6146 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
6147 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6148 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
6149 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
6156 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6159 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6160 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
6161 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6162 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6163 asection
**local_sections
)
6165 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6166 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6168 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6169 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6171 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6172 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6173 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
6177 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6178 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
6179 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6181 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
6182 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6185 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6186 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
6188 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6189 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6190 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6191 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6192 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6193 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6194 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
6196 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6198 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6202 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6203 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
6204 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
6205 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6206 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
6209 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
6211 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6213 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6214 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6215 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6216 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6217 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6218 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6219 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
6220 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
6221 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
6222 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
6223 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
6225 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6226 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
6228 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6229 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
6231 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6233 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6234 combination of the addend stored in two different
6236 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6237 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6238 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
6239 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
6242 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
6243 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
6245 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6246 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6247 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6248 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6251 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
6253 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
6254 relocation must be immediately following.
6255 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
6256 may be a composed relocation consisting of
6257 several relocations for the same address. In
6258 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
6259 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
6260 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
6261 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
6264 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
6267 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6268 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
6269 R_MIPS_LO16
, FALSE
);
6270 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
6271 input_bfd
, contents
);
6272 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
6273 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
6274 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
6278 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6281 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
6283 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6284 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6286 addend
= (((addend
& 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6287 | ((addend
& 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6291 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
6294 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
6297 if (info
->relocatable
)
6299 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6300 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6302 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
6303 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6306 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6307 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6308 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6309 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6310 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6311 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
6313 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
,
6315 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6318 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
6319 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
6320 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
6321 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
6322 addend
-= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
6323 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
));
6325 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6326 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
6327 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
6328 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6329 addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
6331 if (rela_relocation_p
)
6332 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. */
6333 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
6336 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6337 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
6338 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
6339 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
6340 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
6341 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
6342 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
6344 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6346 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
6347 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
6348 source of the addend in the final link. */
6349 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6351 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6352 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6353 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6354 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6355 but for endianness. */
6361 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6363 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6370 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6371 do two separate stores. */
6372 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6374 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6376 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6382 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6384 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6385 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6386 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6387 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6391 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
6392 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6397 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6401 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6402 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6403 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6405 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
6406 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
6407 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
6408 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
6410 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6412 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6413 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
6414 input_section
, info
, rel
,
6415 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
6416 local_sections
, &value
,
6417 &name
, &require_jalx
,
6418 use_saved_addend_p
))
6420 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
6421 /* There's nothing to do. */
6424 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
6425 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6426 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6427 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6428 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6431 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
6432 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6433 info
->callbacks
->warning
6434 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
6437 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
6438 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6439 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6440 a given location. */
6444 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
6445 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
6446 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
6447 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
6460 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6461 until we reach the last one. */
6462 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6468 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6469 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6470 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6471 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6472 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6473 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6474 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6475 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6481 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6483 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6490 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6491 do two separate stores. */
6492 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6494 /* Undo what we did above. */
6496 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6498 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6504 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6506 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6507 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6508 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6509 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6513 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6514 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
6515 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6516 contents
, require_jalx
))
6523 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6524 adjust it appropriately now. */
6527 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6528 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6530 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6531 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6532 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
6535 "__dso_displacement",
6537 "__program_header_table",
6541 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
6549 const char* const *p
;
6552 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
6553 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
6556 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
6558 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6560 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6561 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6563 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6565 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6567 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6573 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6574 dynamic sections here. */
6577 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6578 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6579 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6580 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6584 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
6587 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6589 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
6592 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
];
6594 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6596 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
6598 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6599 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6600 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6602 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6603 if (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff0000)
6606 /* Fill the stub. */
6607 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
);
6608 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ 4);
6609 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ 8);
6610 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd
) + h
->dynindx
, stub
+ 12);
6612 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
6613 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
6615 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6616 only for the referenced symbol. */
6617 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6619 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6620 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6621 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6622 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
6626 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
6627 || h
->forced_local
);
6629 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6630 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
6631 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6632 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6633 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6635 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6636 the symbols that need them. */
6637 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
6638 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
6643 value
= sym
->st_value
;
6644 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
);
6645 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6648 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6650 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
6656 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
6658 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
6660 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6663 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
6668 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
6670 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
6671 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
6673 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
6674 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
6675 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
6676 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
6677 appropriate addend. */
6678 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6680 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6681 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6682 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
6684 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
6685 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
6688 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6689 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
6690 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
6694 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
6695 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6700 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6701 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
6702 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6703 || strcmp (name
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6704 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6705 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6706 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6708 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6709 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6712 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6714 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6715 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6716 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
6718 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6720 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
6721 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
6723 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6724 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6726 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6728 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
6730 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6731 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6732 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
6733 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6735 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
6737 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6738 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6739 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6740 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6744 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6745 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6746 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
6750 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6751 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
6752 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6754 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
6755 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6756 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
6757 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
6758 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
6759 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6761 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6762 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6764 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6765 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
6766 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
6767 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
6769 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6773 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6774 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
6775 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
6780 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6783 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6784 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6789 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
6791 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6793 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
6795 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6800 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6801 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6802 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
6803 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
6804 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6807 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6811 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
6812 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6814 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
6815 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
6816 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
6818 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
6822 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
6824 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6825 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
6827 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6833 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6834 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6835 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
6839 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6841 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6846 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6847 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6848 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6851 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
6852 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
6856 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
6859 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
6860 time ((time_t *) &dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
6863 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
6868 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
6873 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
6874 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
6875 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6876 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
6879 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
6880 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
6883 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
6884 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
6885 entry of the first external symbol that is not
6886 referenced within the same object. */
6887 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
6890 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
6891 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
6893 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
6896 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
6897 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
6898 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
6900 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
6902 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6903 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6904 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6906 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
6909 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
6910 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
6913 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
6914 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
6917 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
6918 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
6919 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
6920 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6924 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
6925 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
6926 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
6927 are trailing null entries. */
6928 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6929 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
6930 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6931 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
6932 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6941 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
6946 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
6947 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
6948 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
6949 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
6951 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
);
6952 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000,
6953 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6957 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
6958 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6960 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
6961 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
6963 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6966 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6967 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
6969 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6971 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
;
6973 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
6974 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6975 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
6976 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6981 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
6983 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
6984 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6985 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6986 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
6987 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6990 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
6997 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
6999 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7001 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
7002 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
7006 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
7008 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
7009 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
7012 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
7013 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
7016 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
7017 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
7018 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
7021 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
7023 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7024 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
7025 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
7026 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7031 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7033 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7036 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
7038 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7040 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7041 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7042 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
7044 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7045 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs
);
7053 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7056 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
7060 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
7063 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
7064 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
7067 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
7068 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
7071 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
7072 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
7075 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
7076 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
7077 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
7078 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
7079 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
7082 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
7083 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
7086 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
7087 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
7090 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
7091 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
7094 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
7095 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
7098 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
7099 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
7102 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
7103 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
7106 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
7107 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
7110 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
7111 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
7114 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
7115 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
7116 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
7117 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
7118 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
7119 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
7122 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
7123 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
7126 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
7127 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
7130 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
7131 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
7134 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
7135 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
7138 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
7139 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
7142 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
7143 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
7146 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
7147 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
7152 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7153 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7154 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7157 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
7158 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7161 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
7165 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7166 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7167 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7168 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
7169 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
7171 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7172 info for each special section. */
7173 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
7174 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
7177 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
7180 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7181 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7183 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7186 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7187 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7188 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7189 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7190 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7191 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7192 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7193 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7196 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7197 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7198 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7199 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7200 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
7201 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7202 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7203 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7204 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7205 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7208 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7209 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7211 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7212 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
7214 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7217 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7218 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7219 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7220 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7221 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7222 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7223 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7226 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7227 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7228 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7230 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7232 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7233 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7240 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7244 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
7249 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7250 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7251 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
7254 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7255 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
7256 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7257 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
7260 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7261 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
7262 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
7263 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
7269 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7272 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
7273 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7276 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
7279 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7281 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7282 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7284 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7285 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7290 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7294 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7298 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7299 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7301 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7302 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7310 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7311 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7312 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7315 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7316 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7317 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7319 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7321 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
7322 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7327 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
7329 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7331 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7332 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7335 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7336 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7337 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
7338 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7339 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
7340 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
7341 options_segment
->count
= 1;
7342 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
7343 *pm
= options_segment
;
7348 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7350 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7351 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7352 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
7353 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
7354 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
7356 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7357 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
7362 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7366 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
7368 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
7373 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7381 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7382 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7383 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
7393 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7394 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7396 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
7398 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
7401 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
7403 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7404 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7405 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7406 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7407 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
7409 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
7410 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7414 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
7416 static const char *sec_names
[] =
7418 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7422 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
7426 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
7428 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
7429 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7436 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
7442 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7443 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7445 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
7448 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7449 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7456 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7458 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7460 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
7474 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7478 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
7479 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7480 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7481 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7482 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7484 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7488 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
7490 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7491 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7495 switch (h
->root
.type
)
7497 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7498 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7499 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7501 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7502 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
7510 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7515 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7518 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7519 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7520 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7521 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7524 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7525 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7526 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
7527 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
7528 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7529 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7531 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7532 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7533 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
7535 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7536 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7537 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
7541 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7542 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7543 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7544 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7545 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7546 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7547 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7548 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7549 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7550 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7561 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7562 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7563 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7564 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7567 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
7568 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7569 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7571 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
7573 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed
, dir
, ind
);
7575 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7578 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
7579 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
7580 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
7581 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
7582 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
7583 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
7584 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
7588 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7589 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
7590 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7594 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7595 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7597 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7598 if (h
->forced_local
)
7600 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
7602 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7603 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
)
7605 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7606 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
7610 struct mips_got_entry e
;
7611 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
7613 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7614 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7615 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7616 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7617 the upper limit of global entries. */
7622 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7623 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
7625 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7630 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7631 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7632 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7633 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7634 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
7636 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
7637 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
7640 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
7641 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7642 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7645 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
7647 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7648 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7650 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7656 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
7662 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
7663 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7666 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7667 unsigned char *tdata
;
7670 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
7675 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
7677 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
7678 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
7681 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
7685 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7693 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
7694 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7696 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
7698 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
7707 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
7708 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
7714 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
7715 free (cookie
->rels
);
7721 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
7723 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
7729 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, asection
*sec
,
7732 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
7735 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
7738 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
7742 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
7743 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
7745 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
7747 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
7750 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
7753 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
7754 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
7758 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7759 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7761 struct mips_elf_find_line
7763 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
7764 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
7768 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
7769 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
7770 const char **filename_ptr
,
7771 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7772 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7776 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7777 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7781 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7782 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7783 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
7784 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7787 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
7791 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
7792 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
7793 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
7795 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
7796 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
7797 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
7798 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
7799 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
7800 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7802 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
7805 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
7808 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
7809 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
7811 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7814 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7818 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
7820 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7824 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
7825 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
7826 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7827 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
7829 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7832 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
7833 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
7834 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
7835 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
7836 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
7837 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
7838 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
7840 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
7842 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
7843 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
7844 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
7845 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
7846 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
7847 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
7850 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
7851 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7854 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7858 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7861 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
7863 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7864 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7868 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
7869 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
7870 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
7873 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
7874 const void *location
,
7875 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
7877 if (strcmp (section
->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
7881 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
7883 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
7884 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7885 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
7888 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
7891 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
7894 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
7897 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
7900 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
7904 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
7905 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
7908 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
7910 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7911 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
7913 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
7916 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
7917 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
7918 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7921 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
7922 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
7928 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
7929 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
7932 /* read in the section */
7933 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
7934 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
7937 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
7941 if (reloc_count
< 0)
7944 if (reloc_count
> 0)
7949 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
7952 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
7953 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
7954 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
7955 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
7956 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
7960 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
7961 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7968 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
7969 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
7970 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7973 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7974 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7976 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
7978 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
7979 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
7981 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
7983 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
7992 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
7994 char *error_message
= NULL
;
7995 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7997 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
7998 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
7999 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8000 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
) && abfd
)
8002 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
8006 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
8007 fall over on its own. */
8009 else if ((*parent
)->howto
->special_function
8010 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
8012 /* bypass special_function call */
8013 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
8014 input_section
, relocatable
,
8016 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation
;
8018 /* end mips specific stuff */
8020 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
, input_section
,
8021 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
8023 skip_bfd_perform_relocation
:
8027 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
8029 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
8030 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
8034 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8038 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
8039 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
8040 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8041 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
,
8045 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
8046 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
8047 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
8048 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
8049 (*parent
)->address
)))
8052 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8053 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8055 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8056 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
8057 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
8060 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
8069 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8070 free (reloc_vector
);
8074 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8075 free (reloc_vector
);
8079 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8081 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
8082 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
8084 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
8085 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
8087 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8091 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
8092 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
))
8099 /* We no longer use this. */
8100 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
8101 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
8103 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
8104 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
8105 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
8107 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
8109 return &ret
->root
.root
;
8112 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8113 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8114 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8117 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8121 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8122 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
8123 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
8124 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
8125 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
8126 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8127 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8128 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
8129 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
8135 static const char * const secname
[] =
8137 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8138 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8140 static const int sc
[] =
8142 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
8143 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
8146 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8147 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8148 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8150 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8154 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8155 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount
;
8157 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8158 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8159 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8160 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8161 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8169 for (p
= abfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
8170 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
8171 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
8172 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (abfd
, info
, p
))
8176 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, dynsecsymcount
+ 1))
8179 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8180 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8181 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8182 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8184 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
8185 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8186 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8187 <= g
->global_gotno
);
8191 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8192 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8193 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8194 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8195 better off including it then not. */
8196 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
8197 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8199 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
8201 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8202 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8203 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8204 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8205 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8206 --abfd
->section_count
;
8212 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8213 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8214 to be better off including it than not. */
8215 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8217 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8219 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8220 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8221 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8222 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8223 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8224 --abfd
->section_count
;
8231 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8232 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
8234 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8236 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8237 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
8238 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
8239 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8240 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8241 else if (info
->relocatable
)
8243 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
8245 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8246 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8248 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
8251 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8252 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd
);
8256 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8257 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8258 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8262 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8266 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
8267 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
8268 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8270 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
8272 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
8274 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8275 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8276 the information together. */
8277 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8279 asection
*input_section
;
8281 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8284 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8286 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8291 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8292 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8294 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8295 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
8298 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
8300 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
8301 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
8302 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
8303 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
8304 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
8306 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8307 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8308 finally written out. */
8310 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8311 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8312 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8315 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8316 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8318 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8319 matters, but someday it might). */
8320 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8325 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
8327 struct extsym_info einfo
;
8330 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8331 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8332 the information together. */
8333 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
8334 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8336 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
8340 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
8341 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
8342 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
8344 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
8347 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
8349 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8350 debug_info structure. */
8352 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
8353 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
8354 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
8355 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
8356 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
8358 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
8359 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
8360 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
8361 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
8363 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8364 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
8368 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
8372 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
8373 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
8374 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
8375 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
8377 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
8379 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
8380 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
8383 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
8384 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
8387 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
8388 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
8393 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8395 asection
*input_section
;
8397 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
8398 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
8402 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8404 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8409 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8410 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8412 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8413 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8414 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
8416 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8417 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8418 want to deal with it. */
8422 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8423 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
8425 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
8427 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8428 read in the debugging information and set up an
8429 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8430 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8434 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8435 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
8436 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
8439 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8440 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8441 the linker global hash table and save the information
8442 for the output external symbols. */
8443 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
8444 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
8445 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
8446 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
8448 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
8449 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
8453 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8455 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
8456 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
8457 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
8458 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
8461 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
8462 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8463 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8464 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
8470 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
8471 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
8477 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8478 free (input_debug
.line
);
8479 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
8480 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
8481 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
8482 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
8483 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
8484 free (input_debug
.ss
);
8485 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
8486 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
8487 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
8488 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
8490 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8491 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8492 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8495 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
8497 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8498 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8499 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
8501 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
8502 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
8504 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8505 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
8506 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, flags
)
8507 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
8511 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
8517 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8520 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
8522 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8523 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8524 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
8528 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8529 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
8531 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8532 matters, but someday it might). */
8533 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8538 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8540 const char *subname
;
8543 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
8546 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8547 information describing how the small data area would
8548 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8549 not used in executables files. */
8550 if (! info
->relocatable
)
8552 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8554 asection
*input_section
;
8556 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8558 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8563 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8565 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8566 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8567 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8570 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8571 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8572 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8574 /* Really remove the section. */
8575 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
;
8577 secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8579 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8580 --abfd
->section_count
;
8585 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8586 uninitialized data. */
8587 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8589 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8593 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8594 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8595 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
8596 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8600 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8601 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8602 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8603 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8604 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8605 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8606 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
8608 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
8609 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
8611 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
8612 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8613 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
8616 /* Set up the first entry. */
8618 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8619 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8622 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
8623 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
8625 /* Combine the input sections. */
8626 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8628 asection
*input_section
;
8632 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
8634 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8636 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8641 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8642 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8644 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8645 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8646 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8647 size
= input_section
->size
;
8649 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8651 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
8653 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
8654 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
8660 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8661 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
8662 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
8668 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
8670 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
8671 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
8674 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8676 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
8677 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
8679 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
8685 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
8688 /* We need a new table entry. */
8689 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8690 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
8691 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
8697 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
8698 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
8700 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8701 value, since that will be implied by this new
8704 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8706 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
8708 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
8709 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
8713 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
8714 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8719 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8722 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8723 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8724 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8727 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8729 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
8731 /* Swap out the table. */
8732 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8733 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8734 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
8740 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
8741 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
8744 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8745 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
8747 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8748 matters, but someday it might). */
8749 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8753 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8754 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
8757 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8759 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
8761 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8763 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
8764 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
8768 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
8770 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
8771 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
8773 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
8776 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8779 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
8781 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
8782 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
8783 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
8787 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
8789 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
8790 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
8791 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
8795 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8797 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8798 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
8800 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
8801 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
8802 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
8810 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
8812 struct mips_mach_extension
{
8813 unsigned long extension
, base
;
8817 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
8818 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
8820 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
8821 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
8822 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
8823 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
8825 /* MIPS V extensions. */
8826 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
8828 /* R10000 extensions. */
8829 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
8831 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
8832 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
8833 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
8834 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
8835 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
8836 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
8837 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
8839 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
8840 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8841 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8842 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8843 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8844 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8846 /* VR4100 extensions. */
8847 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
8848 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
8850 /* MIPS III extensions. */
8851 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8852 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8853 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8854 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8855 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8856 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8857 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8859 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
8860 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
8862 /* MIPS II extensions. */
8863 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
8864 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
8866 /* MIPS I extensions. */
8867 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
8868 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
8872 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
8875 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
8879 for (i
= 0; extension
!= base
&& i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
8880 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
8881 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
8883 return extension
== base
;
8887 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
8890 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
8892 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
8893 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
8894 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
8895 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
8896 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
8897 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
8898 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
8902 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
8903 object file when linking. */
8906 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
8911 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
8914 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
8915 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
8917 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8918 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8923 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8924 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8927 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
8929 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8930 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8935 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
8936 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8937 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
8939 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
8941 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
8942 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
8943 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
8944 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
8946 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
8947 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
8949 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
8950 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
8957 /* Check flag compatibility. */
8959 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8960 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8962 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
8963 doesn't seem to matter. */
8964 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
8965 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
8967 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
8968 just be able to ignore this. */
8969 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
8970 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
8972 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
8975 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
8976 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
8977 actually cause any incompatibility. */
8978 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8980 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
8981 which are automatically generated by gas. */
8982 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
8983 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
8985 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
8986 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
8987 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
8989 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
8998 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
8999 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
9001 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9002 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
9007 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
9008 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
9009 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
9010 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
9012 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9013 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9015 /* Compare the ISAs. */
9016 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
9018 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9019 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
9023 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
9025 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
9026 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9028 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9029 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9030 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9031 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
9032 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9033 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
9034 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9036 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9037 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9038 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
9039 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
9040 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9041 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9045 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9046 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9047 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9049 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
9050 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
9055 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9056 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9058 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9059 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9060 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
9061 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9062 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9064 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9065 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9066 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9067 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9069 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9070 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9072 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
9073 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
9076 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9077 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9080 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9081 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
9083 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9085 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9086 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9089 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9090 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
9092 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9093 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9094 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
9095 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
9101 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9108 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9111 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
9113 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
9114 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
9116 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
9117 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
9122 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
9126 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
9128 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9129 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
9131 /* xgettext:c-format */
9132 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
9134 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
9135 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9136 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
9137 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9138 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
9139 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9140 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
9141 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9142 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9143 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9144 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
9145 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9146 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
9147 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
9149 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
9151 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
9152 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
9153 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
9154 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
9155 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
9156 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
9157 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
9158 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
9159 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
9160 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
9161 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
9162 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
9163 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
9164 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
9165 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
9166 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9167 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
9168 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64r2]"));
9170 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9172 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
9173 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
9175 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
9176 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
9178 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
9179 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9181 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
9188 struct bfd_elf_special_section
const _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[]=
9190 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9191 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9192 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9193 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9194 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
9195 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
9196 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }